Add branch for the conversion of demos to use standard C header files for configuration, rather than makefile defined macros.
Dean Camera
13 years ago
parent
e8570c4a37
commit
359fbfe14d
@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
|
||||
* compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
|
||||
* constants supplied through a makefile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
|
||||
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _APP_CONFIG_H_
|
||||
#define _APP_CONFIG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#define NO_BLOCK_SUPPORT
|
||||
#define NO_EEPROM_BYTE_SUPPORT
|
||||
#define NO_FLASH_BYTE_SUPPORT
|
||||
#define NO_LOCK_BYTE_WRITE_SUPPORT
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief LUFA Library Configuration Header File
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a header file which is be used to configure LUFA's
|
||||
* compile time options, as an alternative to the compile time
|
||||
* constants supplied through a makefile.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* For information on what each token does, refer to the LUFA
|
||||
* manual section "Summary of Compile Tokens".
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
|
||||
#define _LUFA_CONFIG_H_
|
||||
|
||||
#if (ARCH == ARCH_AVR8)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Non-USB Related Configuration Tokens: */
|
||||
// #define DISABLE_TERMINAL_CODES
|
||||
|
||||
/* USB Class Driver Related Tokens: */
|
||||
// #define HID_HOST_BOOT_PROTOCOL_ONLY
|
||||
// #define HID_STATETABLE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
|
||||
// #define HID_USAGE_STACK_DEPTH {Insert Value Here}
|
||||
// #define HID_MAX_COLLECTIONS {Insert Value Here}
|
||||
// #define HID_MAX_REPORTITEMS {Insert Value Here}
|
||||
// #define HID_MAX_REPORT_IDS {Insert Value Here}
|
||||
// #define NO_CLASS_DRIVER_AUTOFLUSH
|
||||
|
||||
/* General USB Driver Related Tokens: */
|
||||
#define ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
|
||||
#define USE_STATIC_OPTIONS (USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)
|
||||
#define USB_DEVICE_ONLY
|
||||
// #define USB_HOST_ONLY
|
||||
// #define USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
|
||||
// #define NO_LIMITED_CONTROLLER_CONNECT
|
||||
#define NO_SOF_EVENTS
|
||||
|
||||
/* USB Device Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
|
||||
#define USE_RAM_DESCRIPTORS
|
||||
// #define USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
|
||||
// #define USE_EEPROM_DESCRIPTORS
|
||||
#define NO_INTERNAL_SERIAL
|
||||
#define FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE 8
|
||||
#define DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR 0
|
||||
#define FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS 1
|
||||
// #define CONTROL_ONLY_DEVICE
|
||||
// #define INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
|
||||
#define NO_DEVICE_REMOTE_WAKEUP
|
||||
#define NO_DEVICE_SELF_POWER
|
||||
|
||||
/* USB Host Mode Driver Related Tokens: */
|
||||
// #define HOST_STATE_AS_GPIOR {Insert Value Here}
|
||||
// #define USB_HOST_TIMEOUT_MS {Insert Value Here}
|
||||
// #define HOST_DEVICE_SETTLE_DELAY_MS {Insert Value Here}
|
||||
// #define NO_AUTO_VBUS_MANAGEMENT
|
||||
// #define INVERTED_VBUS_ENABLE_LINE
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
|
||||
#error Unsupported architecture for this LUFA configuration file.
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief LUFA Custom Board Button Hardware Driver (Template)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
|
||||
* layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
|
||||
* the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
|
||||
* driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
|
||||
* inside the application's folder.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Buttons driver,
|
||||
* for the control of physical board-mounted GPIO pushbuttons.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_USER_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_USER_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
// TODO: Add any required includes here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,195 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief LUFA Custom Board Dataflash Hardware Driver (Template)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
|
||||
* layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
|
||||
* the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
|
||||
* driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
|
||||
* inside the application's folder.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Dataflash
|
||||
* driver.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
|
||||
#define __DATAFLASH_USER_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
// TODO: Add any required includes here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_DATAFLASH_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK // TODO: Replace this with a mask of all the /CS pins of all Dataflashes
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_DDR // TODO: Replace with the DDR register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_PORT // TODO: Replace with the PORT register name for the board's Dataflash ICs
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Constant indicating the total number of dataflash ICs mounted on the selected board. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS 1 // TODO: Replace with the number of Dataflashes on the board, max 2
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for no dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP DATAFLASH_CHIPCS_MASK
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the first dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP1 // TODO: Replace with mask to hold /CS of first Dataflash low, and all others high
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the second dataflash chip selected. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_CHIP2 // TODO: Replace with mask to hold /CS of second Dataflash low, and all others high
|
||||
|
||||
/** Internal main memory page size for the board's dataflash ICs. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGE_SIZE // TODO: Replace with the page size for the Dataflash ICs
|
||||
|
||||
/** Total number of pages inside each of the board's dataflash ICs. */
|
||||
#define DATAFLASH_PAGES // TODO: Replace with the total number of pages inside one of the Dataflash ICs
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
/** Initializes the dataflash driver so that commands and data may be sent to an attached dataflash IC.
|
||||
* The microcontroller's SPI driver MUST be initialized before any of the dataflash commands are used.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns a byte from the dataflash.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Last response byte from the dataflash
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_TransferByte(const uint8_t Byte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and ignores the next byte from the dataflash.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] Byte Byte of data to send to the dataflash
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendByte(const uint8_t Byte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a dummy byte to the currently selected dataflash IC, and returns the next byte from the dataflash.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Last response byte from the dataflash
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_ReceiveByte(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Determines the currently selected dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \return Mask of the currently selected Dataflash chip, either \ref DATAFLASH_NO_CHIP if no chip is selected
|
||||
* or a DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Dataflash_GetSelectedChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects the given dataflash chip.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] ChipMask Mask of the Dataflash IC to select, in the form of DATAFLASH_CHIPn mask (where n is
|
||||
* the chip number).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChip(const uint8_t ChipMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Deselects the current dataflash chip, so that no dataflash is selected. */
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void) ATTR_ALWAYS_INLINE;
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_DeselectChip(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Selects a dataflash IC from the given page number, which should range from 0 to
|
||||
* ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1). For boards containing only one
|
||||
* dataflash IC, this will select DATAFLASH_CHIP1. If the given page number is outside
|
||||
* the total number of pages contained in the boards dataflash ICs, all dataflash ICs
|
||||
* are deselected.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Address of the page to manipulate, ranging from
|
||||
* 0 to ((DATAFLASH_PAGES * DATAFLASH_TOTALCHIPS) - 1).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(const uint16_t PageAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Toggles the select line of the currently selected dataflash IC, so that it is ready to receive
|
||||
* a new command.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Spin-loops while the currently selected dataflash is busy executing a command, such as a main
|
||||
* memory page program or main memory to buffer transfer.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Sends a set of page and buffer address bytes to the currently selected dataflash IC, for use with
|
||||
* dataflash commands which require a complete 24-bit address.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \param[in] PageAddress Page address within the selected dataflash IC
|
||||
* \param[in] BufferByte Address within the dataflash's buffer
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static inline void Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(uint16_t PageAddress, const uint16_t BufferByte)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief LUFA Custom Board Joystick Hardware Driver (Template)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
|
||||
* layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
|
||||
* the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
|
||||
* driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
|
||||
* inside the application's folder.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA Joystick
|
||||
* driver, for a digital four-way (plus button) joystick.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
|
||||
#define __JOYSTICK_USER_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
// TODO: Add any required includes here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_JOYSTICK_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the left direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_LEFT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick left position here
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the right direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_RIGHT // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick right position here
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the upward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_UP // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick up position here
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed in the downward direction. */
|
||||
#define JOY_DOWN // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick down position here
|
||||
|
||||
/** Mask for the joystick being pushed inward. */
|
||||
#define JOY_PRESS // TODO: Add mask to indicate joystick pressed position here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Joystick_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void Joystick_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Joystick_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,130 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief LUFA Custom Board LED Hardware Driver (Template)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This is a stub driver header file, for implementing custom board
|
||||
* layout hardware with compatible LUFA board specific drivers. If
|
||||
* the library is configured to use the BOARD_USER board mode, this
|
||||
* driver file should be completed and copied into the "/Board/" folder
|
||||
* inside the application's folder.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This stub is for the board-specific component of the LUFA LEDs driver,
|
||||
* for the LEDs (up to four) mounted on most development boards.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_USER_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_USER_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
// TODO: Add any required includes here
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 1)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask, const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
|
||||
# BOARD DEFINE = {ARCH} : {MCU} :
|
||||
BOARD_USER = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_NONE = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_USBKEY = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_STK525 = avr8 : at90usb647 :
|
||||
BOARD_STK526 = avr8 : at90usb162 :
|
||||
BOARD_RZUSBSTICK = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_ATAVRUSBRF01 = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_BUMBLEB = avr8 : at90usb162 :
|
||||
BOARD_XPLAIN = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_XPLAIN_REV1 = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_EVK527 = avr8 : atmega32u4 :
|
||||
BOARD_TEENSY = avr8 : at90usb162 :
|
||||
BOARD_USBTINYMKII = avr8 : at90usb162 :
|
||||
BOARD_BENITO = avr8 : at90usb162 :
|
||||
BOARD_JMDBU2 = avr8 : atmega32u2 :
|
||||
BOARD_OLIMEX162 = avr8 : at90usb162 :
|
||||
BOARD_UDIP = avr8 : atmega32u2 :
|
||||
BOARD_BUI = avr8 : at90usb646 :
|
||||
BOARD_UNO = avr8 : atmega8u2 :
|
||||
BOARD_CULV3 = avr8 : atmega32u4 :
|
||||
BOARD_BLACKCAT = avr8 : at90usb162 :
|
||||
BOARD_MAXIMUS = avr8 : at90usb162 :
|
||||
BOARD_MINIMUS = avr8 : atmega32u2 :
|
||||
BOARD_ADAFRUITU4 = avr8 : atmega32u4 :
|
||||
BOARD_MICROSIN162 = avr8 : atmega162 :
|
||||
BOARD_USBFOO = avr8 : atmega162 :
|
||||
BOARD_SPARKFUN8U2 = avr8 : atmega8u2 :
|
||||
BOARD_EVK1101 = uc3 : uc3b0256 :
|
||||
BOARD_TUL = avr8 : atmega32u4 :
|
||||
BOARD_EVK1100 = uc3 : uc3a0512 :
|
||||
BOARD_EVK1104 = uc3 : uc3a3256 :
|
||||
BOARD_A3BU_XPLAINED = xmega : atxmega256a3bu :
|
||||
BOARD_TEENSY2 = avr8 : at90usb646 :
|
||||
BOARD_USB2AX = avr8 : atmega32u4 :
|
||||
BOARD_USB2AX_V3 = avr8 : atmega32u4 :
|
||||
BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_32U2 = avr8 : atmega32u2 :
|
||||
BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_A = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_1 = avr8 : at90usb162 :
|
||||
BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_2 = avr8 : atmega32u4 :
|
||||
BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_3 = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_4 = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_DIP = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV1 = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_MICROPENDOUS_REV2 = avr8 : at90usb1287 :
|
||||
BOARD_B1_XPLAINED = xmega : atxmega128b1 :
|
||||
BOARD_MULTIO = avr8 : at90usb162 :
|
||||
BOARD_BIGMULTIO = avr8 : atmega32u4 :
|
||||
BOARD_DUCE = avr8 : atmega32u2 :
|
||||
BOARD_OLIMEX32U4 = avr8 : atmega32u4 :
|
||||
BOARD_OLIMEXT32U4 = avr8 : atmega32u4 :
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Common/Common.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Dataflash.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Joystick.h>
|
||||
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint_reg_t Dummy;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Buttons Compile Check */
|
||||
Buttons_Init();
|
||||
Dummy = Buttons_GetStatus();
|
||||
Buttons_Disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Dataflash Compile Check */
|
||||
Dataflash_Init();
|
||||
Dataflash_TransferByte(0);
|
||||
Dataflash_SendByte(0);
|
||||
Dummy = Dataflash_ReceiveByte();
|
||||
Dummy = Dataflash_GetSelectedChip();
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChip(0);
|
||||
Dataflash_DeselectChip();
|
||||
Dataflash_SelectChipFromPage(0);
|
||||
Dataflash_ToggleSelectedChipCS();
|
||||
Dataflash_WaitWhileBusy();
|
||||
Dataflash_SendAddressBytes(0, 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* LEDs Compile Check */
|
||||
LEDs_Init();
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS, LEDS_NO_LEDS);
|
||||
LEDs_ToggleLEDs(LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
Dummy = LEDs_GetLEDs();
|
||||
LEDs_Disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Joystick Compile Check */
|
||||
Joystick_Init();
|
||||
Dummy = Joystick_GetStatus();
|
||||
Joystick_Disable();
|
||||
|
||||
(void)Dummy;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
#
|
||||
# LUFA Library
|
||||
# Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2011.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
# www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
#
|
||||
|
||||
# Makefile for the board driver build test. This
|
||||
# test attempts to build a dummy project with all
|
||||
# possible board targets using their respective
|
||||
# compiler.
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the root of the LUFA tree to scan
|
||||
LUFA_ROOT_PATH = ../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
all: begin makeboardlist testboards clean end
|
||||
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo Executing build test "BoardDriverTest".
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo Build test "BoardDriverTest" complete.
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
makeboardlist:
|
||||
@grep "BOARD_" $(LUFA_ROOT_PATH)/LUFA/Common/BoardTypes.h | cut -d'#' -f2 | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep "BOARD_" > BoardList.txt
|
||||
|
||||
testboards:
|
||||
echo "buildtest:" > BuildMakefile
|
||||
|
||||
@while read line; \
|
||||
do \
|
||||
build_cfg=`grep "$$line " BoardDeviceMap.cfg | sed 's/ //g' | cut -d'=' -f2-`; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
build_board=$$line; \
|
||||
build_arch=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f1`; \
|
||||
build_mcu=`echo $$build_cfg | cut -d':' -f2`; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
if ( test -z "$$build_cfg" ); then \
|
||||
echo "No matching information set for board $$build_board"; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo "Found board configuration for $$build_board - $$build_arch, $$build_mcu"; \
|
||||
\
|
||||
printf "\t@echo Building dummy project for $$build_board...\n" >> BuildMakefile; \
|
||||
printf "\tmake -s -f makefile.%s clean\n" $$build_arch >> BuildMakefile; \
|
||||
printf "\tmake -s -f makefile.%s MCU=%s BOARD=%s elf\n\n" $$build_arch $$build_mcu $$build_board >> BuildMakefile; \
|
||||
fi; \
|
||||
done < BoardList.txt
|
||||
|
||||
$(MAKE) -f BuildMakefile buildtest
|
||||
|
||||
clean:
|
||||
rm -f BuildMakefile
|
||||
rm -f BoardList.txt
|
||||
$(MAKE) -f makefile.avr8 clean
|
||||
$(MAKE) -f makefile.xmega clean
|
||||
$(MAKE) -f makefile.uc3 clean
|
||||
|
||||
%:
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,722 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = at90usb1287
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
|
||||
ARCH = AVR8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = NONE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
|
||||
# F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
|
||||
# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
|
||||
# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
|
||||
# software delays.
|
||||
F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
|
||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
||||
# source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
||||
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = Test
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
|
||||
include $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = Test.c
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=c99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
|
||||
CDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
ADEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
ADEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
ADEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
CPPDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fno-strict-aliasing
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fno-split-wide-types
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
|
||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) eeprom-flash $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -S -z $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list :
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation \($(TARGET)\)...
|
||||
@if ( doxygen Doxygen.conf 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi;
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
checksource:
|
||||
@for f in $(SRC) $(CPPSRC) $(ASRC); do \
|
||||
if [ -f $$f ]; then \
|
||||
echo "Found Source File: $$f" ; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo "Source File Not Found: $$f" ; \
|
||||
fi; done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff doxygen clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_doxygen program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \
|
||||
debug gdb-config checksource
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,485 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = uc3a3256
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Targeted chip architecture (see library "Architectures" documentation)
|
||||
ARCH = UC3
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = NONE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This should be the frequency the system core runs at, after the system clock
|
||||
# has been set up correctly and started.
|
||||
F_CPU = 12000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# USB controller master clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency of the USB controller's clock generator in Hz.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For the UC3 chips, this should be equal to 48MHz or 96MHz.
|
||||
F_USB = 48000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = Test
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens (add '-D' before each token)
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
|
||||
include $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = Test.c
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
CDEFS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
|
||||
CDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
ADEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
ADEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
ADEFS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
|
||||
ADEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
|
||||
CPPDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging level.
|
||||
DEBUG = 3
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fno-strict-aliasing
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
CFLAGS += -masm-addr-pseudos
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-strict-aliasing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -masm-addr-pseudos
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections --rodata-writable
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--direct-data
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr32-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr32-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr32-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr32-size
|
||||
AR = avr32-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr32-nm
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mpart=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mpart=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mpart=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -S -z $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list :
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation \($(TARGET)\)...
|
||||
@if ( doxygen Doxygen.conf 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi;
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
checksource:
|
||||
@for f in $(SRC) $(CPPSRC) $(ASRC); do \
|
||||
if [ -f $$f ]; then \
|
||||
echo "Found Source File: $$f" ; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo "Source File Not Found: $$f" ; \
|
||||
fi; done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex lss sym doxygen clean clean_list clean_doxygen \
|
||||
dfu flip checksource
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,704 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = atxmega128a1u
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Targeted chip architecture (see library "Architectures" documentation)
|
||||
ARCH = XMEGA
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = NONE
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This should be the frequency the system core runs at, after the system clock
|
||||
# has been set up correctly and started.
|
||||
F_CPU = 24000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# USB controller master clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency of the USB controller's clock generator in Hz.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# For the XMEGA chips, this should be equal to a multiple of 6MHz for Low
|
||||
# Speed USB mode, or a multiple of 48MHz for Full Speed USB mode.
|
||||
F_USB = 48000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = Test
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
|
||||
include $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = Test.c
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
CDEFS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
|
||||
CDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
ADEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
ADEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
ADEFS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
|
||||
ADEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
|
||||
CPPDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fno-strict-aliasing
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-strict-aliasing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
|
||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) eeprom-flash $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock -R .signature $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -S -z $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list :
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation \($(TARGET)\)...
|
||||
@if ( doxygen Doxygen.conf 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi;
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
checksource:
|
||||
@for f in $(SRC) $(CPPSRC) $(ASRC); do \
|
||||
if [ -f $$f ]; then \
|
||||
echo "Found Source File: $$f" ; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo "Source File Not Found: $$f" ; \
|
||||
fi; done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff doxygen clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_doxygen program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \
|
||||
debug gdb-config checksource
|
||||
File diff suppressed because one or more lines are too long
@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \page Page_KnownIssues Known Issues
|
||||
* The following are known issues present in each official LUFA release. This list should contain all known
|
||||
* issues in the library. Most of these issues should be corrected in the future release - see
|
||||
* \ref Page_FutureChanges for a list of planned changes in future releases.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_KnownIssuesXXXXXX Version XXXXXX
|
||||
* - AVR8 Architecture
|
||||
* - No known issues.
|
||||
* - XMEGA Architecture
|
||||
* - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the XMEGA devices in the current release,
|
||||
* although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
|
||||
* - Endpoints of more than 64 bytes are not currently supported in this release.
|
||||
* - Isochronous endpoints are not currently supported in this release. As a result, the audio class
|
||||
* cannot be used on XMEGA devices.
|
||||
* - Multiple-bank endpoints are not currently supported in this release.
|
||||
* - Early revisions of the ATXMEGA128A1U are incompatible with LUFA, due to their various errata
|
||||
* relating to the USB controller.
|
||||
* - UC3 Architecture
|
||||
* - No demos, bootloaders or projects have been ported for the UC3 devices in the current release,
|
||||
* although the architecture is supported in the LUFA core library.
|
||||
* - DMA transfers to and from the USB controller are not yet implemented for this release.
|
||||
* - The UC3C, UC3D and UC3L sub-families of UC3 are not currently supported by the library due to their
|
||||
* altered USB controller design.
|
||||
* - The various \c CreateStream() functions for creating standard \c <stdio.h> compatible virtual file
|
||||
* streams are not available on the UC3 architecture, due to a lack of suitable library support.
|
||||
* - Architecture Independant
|
||||
* - The HID parser fails for array type elements that have a MIN and MAX usage applied; each element
|
||||
* in the array will receive a unique incrementing usage from the MIN value, up to MAX.
|
||||
* - The current application makefiles do not work if the output directory is not the same directory
|
||||
* as the makefile itself.
|
||||
* - The LUFA library is not watchdog aware, and thus timeouts are possible if short periods are used
|
||||
* and a lengthy USB operation is initiated.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
|
||||
* \copydetails Group_LEDs_DUCE
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* \defgroup Group_LEDs_DUCE DUCE
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the DorkbotPDX Duce (http://dorkbotpdx.org/wiki/duce).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.4</td></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 1</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.5</td></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Red</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.6</td></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Green</td><td>Bicolor Indicator 2</td><td>High</td><td>PORTC.7</td></tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_DUCE_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_DUCE_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 7)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRC |= LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTC &= ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTC |= LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTC &= ~LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDS_ALL_LEDS) | LEDMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTC = ((PORTC & ~LEDMask) | ActiveMask);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PINC = LEDMask;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PORTC & LEDS_ALL_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
|
||||
* \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
|
||||
* \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEX32U4 OLIMEX32U4
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/olimexino-32u4.html).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>Green</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED4</td><td>Yellow</td><td>General Indicator (Default Unconnected)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.5</td></tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_OLIMEX32U4_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT 1
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 ((1 << 5) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the fourth LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED4 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
|
||||
DDRD |= (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB &= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
|
||||
DDRD &= (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
PORTD &= ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
DDRE &= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
|
||||
PORTD |= ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
|
||||
PORTD &= ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
|
||||
((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
|
||||
PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) |
|
||||
((ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT));
|
||||
PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
|
||||
PIND = ((LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT);
|
||||
PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) |
|
||||
((PORTD & (LEDS_PORTD_LEDS << LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT)) >> LEDS_PORTD_MASK_SHIFT) |
|
||||
(PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board.
|
||||
* \copydetails Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the Buttons driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_Buttons
|
||||
* \defgroup Group_Buttons_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
|
||||
* \brief Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-32U4 Development Board.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific Buttons driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 Development Board (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr><th>Name</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>BUTTONS_BUTTON1</td><td>HWB Button</td><td>Low</td><td>PORTE.2</td></tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
|
||||
#define __BUTTONS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_BUTTONS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Button mask for the first button on the board. */
|
||||
#define BUTTONS_BUTTON1 (1 << 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTE |= BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void Buttons_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
PORTE &= ~BUTTONS_BUTTON1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t Buttons_GetStatus(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PINE & BUTTONS_BUTTON1) ^ BUTTONS_BUTTON1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
|
||||
* \copydetails Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \note This file should not be included directly. It is automatically included as needed by the LEDs driver
|
||||
* dispatch header located in LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \ingroup Group_LEDs
|
||||
* \defgroup Group_LEDs_OLIMEXT32U4 OLIMEXT32U4
|
||||
* \brief Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Board specific LED driver header for the Olimex AVR-USB-T32U4 (http://www.olimex.com/dev/avr-t32u4.html).
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr><th>Name</th><th>Color</th><th>Info</th><th>Active Level</th><th>Port Pin</th></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED1</td><td>Green</td><td>TX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTD.5</td></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED2</td><td>Yellow</td><td>RX</td><td>High</td><td>PORTB.0</td></tr>
|
||||
* <tr><td>LEDS_LED3</td><td>N/A</td><td>General Indicator (Not Mounted)</td><td>High</td><td>PORTE.6</td></tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
|
||||
#define __LEDS_OLIMEXT32U4_H__
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include "../../../../Common/Common.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
extern "C" {
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Preprocessor Checks: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__INCLUDE_FROM_LEDS_H)
|
||||
#error Do not include this file directly. Include LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDS.h instead.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private Interface - For use in library only: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTB_LEDS (LEDS_LED2)
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTD_LEDS (LEDS_LED1)
|
||||
#define LEDS_PORTE_LEDS (LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Public Interface - May be used in end-application: */
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** LED mask for the first LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED1 (1 << 5)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the second LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED2 (1 << 0)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for the third LED on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_LED3 (1 << 6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for all the LEDs on the board. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_ALL_LEDS (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2 | LEDS_LED3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** LED mask for none of the board LEDs. */
|
||||
#define LEDS_NO_LEDS 0
|
||||
|
||||
/* Inline Functions: */
|
||||
#if !defined(__DOXYGEN__)
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB |= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
|
||||
DDRD |= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
|
||||
DDRE |= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DDRB &= LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTB &= ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS;
|
||||
DDRD &= LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTD &= ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS;
|
||||
DDRE &= LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
|
||||
PORTE &= ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
|
||||
PORTD |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
|
||||
PORTE |= (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
|
||||
PORTD &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
|
||||
PORTE &= ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_SetAllLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB = ((PORTB & ~LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
|
||||
PORTE = ((PORTE & ~LEDS_PORTE_LEDS) | (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ChangeLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask,
|
||||
const uint8_t ActiveMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTB = ((PORTB & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS));
|
||||
PORTD = ((PORTD & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS));
|
||||
PORTE = ((PORTE & ~(LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS)) | (ActiveMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline void LEDs_ToggleLEDs(const uint8_t LEDMask)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PINB = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS);
|
||||
PIND = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS);
|
||||
PINE = (LEDMask & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void) ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT;
|
||||
static inline uint8_t LEDs_GetLEDs(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return ((PORTB & LEDS_PORTB_LEDS) | (PORTD & LEDS_PORTD_LEDS) | (PORTE & LEDS_PORTE_LEDS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable C linkage for C++ Compilers: */
|
||||
#if defined(__cplusplus)
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @} */
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* USB Device Descriptors, for library use when in USB device mode. Descriptors are special
|
||||
* computer-readable structures which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine
|
||||
* the device's capabilities and functions.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Descriptors.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/* On some devices, there is a factory set internal serial number which can be automatically sent to the host as
|
||||
* the device's serial number when the Device Descriptor's .SerialNumStrIndex entry is set to USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL.
|
||||
* This allows the host to track a device across insertions on different ports, allowing them to retain allocated
|
||||
* resources like COM port numbers and drivers. On demos using this feature, give a warning on unsupported devices
|
||||
* so that the user can supply their own serial number descriptor instead or remove the USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL value
|
||||
* from the Device Descriptor (forcing the host to generate a serial number for each device from the VID, PID and
|
||||
* port location).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if (USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL == NO_DESCRIPTOR)
|
||||
#warning USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL is not available on this AVR - please manually construct a device serial descriptor.
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** Device descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the overall
|
||||
* device characteristics, including the supported USB version, control endpoint size and the
|
||||
* number of device configurations. The descriptor is read out by the USB host when the enumeration
|
||||
* process begins.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const USB_Descriptor_Device_t PROGMEM DeviceDescriptor =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t), .Type = DTYPE_Device},
|
||||
|
||||
.USBSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
|
||||
.Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
|
||||
.SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificSubclass,
|
||||
.Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoSpecificProtocol,
|
||||
|
||||
.Endpoint0Size = FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE,
|
||||
|
||||
.VendorID = 0x03EB,
|
||||
.ProductID = 0x204B,
|
||||
.ReleaseNumber = VERSION_BCD(00.01),
|
||||
|
||||
.ManufacturerStrIndex = 0x01,
|
||||
.ProductStrIndex = 0x02,
|
||||
.SerialNumStrIndex = USE_INTERNAL_SERIAL,
|
||||
|
||||
.NumberOfConfigurations = FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configuration descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, describes the usage
|
||||
* of the device in one of its supported configurations, including information about any device interfaces
|
||||
* and endpoints. The descriptor is read out by the USB host during the enumeration process when selecting
|
||||
* a configuration so that the host may correctly communicate with the USB device.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t PROGMEM ConfigurationDescriptor =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Config =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t), .Type = DTYPE_Configuration},
|
||||
|
||||
.TotalConfigurationSize = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t),
|
||||
.TotalInterfaces = 2,
|
||||
|
||||
.ConfigurationNumber = 1,
|
||||
.ConfigurationStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR,
|
||||
|
||||
.ConfigAttributes = (USB_CONFIG_ATTR_RESERVED | USB_CONFIG_ATTR_SELFPOWERED),
|
||||
|
||||
.MaxPowerConsumption = USB_CONFIG_POWER_MA(100)
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.CDC_CCI_Interface =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
|
||||
|
||||
.InterfaceNumber = 0,
|
||||
.AlternateSetting = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
.TotalEndpoints = 1,
|
||||
|
||||
.Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCClass,
|
||||
.SubClass = CDC_CSCP_ACMSubclass,
|
||||
.Protocol = CDC_CSCP_ATCommandProtocol,
|
||||
|
||||
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.CDC_Functional_Header =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
|
||||
.Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Header,
|
||||
|
||||
.CDCSpecification = VERSION_BCD(01.10),
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.CDC_Functional_ACM =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
|
||||
.Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_ACM,
|
||||
|
||||
.Capabilities = 0x06,
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.CDC_Functional_Union =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t), .Type = DTYPE_CSInterface},
|
||||
.Subtype = CDC_DSUBTYPE_CSInterface_Union,
|
||||
|
||||
.MasterInterfaceNumber = 0,
|
||||
.SlaveInterfaceNumber = 1,
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.CDC_NotificationEndpoint =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
|
||||
|
||||
.EndpointAddress = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
|
||||
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
|
||||
.EndpointSize = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
|
||||
.PollingIntervalMS = 0xFF
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.CDC_DCI_Interface =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Interface_t), .Type = DTYPE_Interface},
|
||||
|
||||
.InterfaceNumber = 1,
|
||||
.AlternateSetting = 0,
|
||||
|
||||
.TotalEndpoints = 2,
|
||||
|
||||
.Class = CDC_CSCP_CDCDataClass,
|
||||
.SubClass = CDC_CSCP_NoDataSubclass,
|
||||
.Protocol = CDC_CSCP_NoDataProtocol,
|
||||
|
||||
.InterfaceStrIndex = NO_DESCRIPTOR
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.CDC_DataOutEndpoint =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
|
||||
|
||||
.EndpointAddress = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
|
||||
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
|
||||
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
|
||||
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
|
||||
},
|
||||
|
||||
.CDC_DataInEndpoint =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t), .Type = DTYPE_Endpoint},
|
||||
|
||||
.EndpointAddress = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
|
||||
.Attributes = (EP_TYPE_BULK | ENDPOINT_ATTR_NO_SYNC | ENDPOINT_USAGE_DATA),
|
||||
.EndpointSize = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
|
||||
.PollingIntervalMS = 0x05
|
||||
}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Language descriptor structure. This descriptor, located in FLASH memory, is returned when the host requests
|
||||
* the string descriptor with index 0 (the first index). It is actually an array of 16-bit integers, which indicate
|
||||
* via the language ID table available at USB.org what languages the device supports for its string descriptors.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM LanguageString =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(1), .Type = DTYPE_String},
|
||||
|
||||
.UnicodeString = {LANGUAGE_ID_ENG}
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Manufacturer descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the manufacturer's details in human readable
|
||||
* form, and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
|
||||
* Descriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ManufacturerString =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(12), .Type = DTYPE_String},
|
||||
|
||||
.UnicodeString = L"Simon Foster"
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** Product descriptor string. This is a Unicode string containing the product's details in human readable form,
|
||||
* and is read out upon request by the host when the appropriate string ID is requested, listed in the Device
|
||||
* Descriptor.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
const USB_Descriptor_String_t PROGMEM ProductString =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Header = {.Size = USB_STRING_LEN(19), .Type = DTYPE_String},
|
||||
|
||||
.UnicodeString = L"USB-HD44780 Adapter"
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
/** This function is called by the library when in device mode, and must be overridden (see library "USB Descriptors"
|
||||
* documentation) by the application code so that the address and size of a requested descriptor can be given
|
||||
* to the USB library. When the device receives a Get Descriptor request on the control endpoint, this function
|
||||
* is called so that the descriptor details can be passed back and the appropriate descriptor sent back to the
|
||||
* USB host.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
|
||||
const uint8_t wIndex,
|
||||
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
const uint8_t DescriptorType = (wValue >> 8);
|
||||
const uint8_t DescriptorNumber = (wValue & 0xFF);
|
||||
|
||||
const void* Address = NULL;
|
||||
uint16_t Size = NO_DESCRIPTOR;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (DescriptorType)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DTYPE_Device:
|
||||
Address = &DeviceDescriptor;
|
||||
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Device_t);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DTYPE_Configuration:
|
||||
Address = &ConfigurationDescriptor;
|
||||
Size = sizeof(USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DTYPE_String:
|
||||
switch (DescriptorNumber)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case 0x00:
|
||||
Address = &LanguageString;
|
||||
Size = pgm_read_byte(&LanguageString.Header.Size);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x01:
|
||||
Address = &ManufacturerString;
|
||||
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ManufacturerString.Header.Size);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case 0x02:
|
||||
Address = &ProductString;
|
||||
Size = pgm_read_byte(&ProductString.Header.Size);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
*DescriptorAddress = Address;
|
||||
return Size;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for Descriptors.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _DESCRIPTORS_H_
|
||||
#define _DESCRIPTORS_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/pgmspace.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
|
||||
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Endpoint address of the CDC device-to-host data IN endpoint. */
|
||||
#define CDC_TX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_IN | 3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Endpoint address of the CDC host-to-device data OUT endpoint. */
|
||||
#define CDC_RX_EPADDR (ENDPOINT_DIR_OUT | 4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** Size in bytes of the CDC device-to-host notification IN endpoint. */
|
||||
#define CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE 8
|
||||
|
||||
/** Size in bytes of the CDC data IN and OUT endpoints. */
|
||||
#define CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE 16
|
||||
|
||||
/* Type Defines: */
|
||||
/** Type define for the device configuration descriptor structure. This must be defined in the
|
||||
* application code, as the configuration descriptor contains several sub-descriptors which
|
||||
* vary between devices, and which describe the device's usage to the host.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
typedef struct
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Configuration_Header_t Config;
|
||||
|
||||
// CDC Command Interface
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_CCI_Interface;
|
||||
USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalHeader_t CDC_Functional_Header;
|
||||
USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalACM_t CDC_Functional_ACM;
|
||||
USB_CDC_Descriptor_FunctionalUnion_t CDC_Functional_Union;
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_NotificationEndpoint;
|
||||
|
||||
// CDC Data Interface
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Interface_t CDC_DCI_Interface;
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataOutEndpoint;
|
||||
USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t CDC_DataInEndpoint;
|
||||
} USB_Descriptor_Configuration_t;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
uint16_t CALLBACK_USB_GetDescriptor(const uint16_t wValue,
|
||||
const uint8_t wIndex,
|
||||
const void** const DescriptorAddress)
|
||||
ATTR_WARN_UNUSED_RESULT ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(3);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,1814 @@
|
||||
# Doxyfile 1.8.0
|
||||
|
||||
# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system
|
||||
# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored.
|
||||
# The format is:
|
||||
# TAG = value [value, ...]
|
||||
# For lists items can also be appended using:
|
||||
# TAG += value [value, ...]
|
||||
# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ").
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Project related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file
|
||||
# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all
|
||||
# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the
|
||||
# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See
|
||||
# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
DOXYFILE_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or sequence of words) that should
|
||||
# identify the project. Note that if you do not use Doxywizard you need
|
||||
# to put quotes around the project name if it contains spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NAME = "Simon Foster's USB Serial to HD44780 LCD Project"
|
||||
|
||||
# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number.
|
||||
# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or
|
||||
# if some version control system is used.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_NUMBER = 0.0.0
|
||||
|
||||
# Using the PROJECT_BRIEF tag one can provide an optional one line description
|
||||
# for a project that appears at the top of each page and should give viewer
|
||||
# a quick idea about the purpose of the project. Keep the description short.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_BRIEF =
|
||||
|
||||
# With the PROJECT_LOGO tag one can specify an logo or icon that is
|
||||
# included in the documentation. The maximum height of the logo should not
|
||||
# exceed 55 pixels and the maximum width should not exceed 200 pixels.
|
||||
# Doxygen will copy the logo to the output directory.
|
||||
|
||||
PROJECT_LOGO =
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute)
|
||||
# base path where the generated documentation will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location
|
||||
# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_DIRECTORY = ./Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create
|
||||
# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output
|
||||
# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories.
|
||||
# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of
|
||||
# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would
|
||||
# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.
|
||||
|
||||
CREATE_SUBDIRS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all
|
||||
# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this
|
||||
# information to generate all constant output in the proper language.
|
||||
# The default language is English, other supported languages are:
|
||||
# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional,
|
||||
# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Esperanto, Farsi, Finnish, French, German,
|
||||
# Greek, Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English
|
||||
# messages), Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian,
|
||||
# Polish, Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrillic, Slovak,
|
||||
# Slovene, Spanish, Swedish, Ukrainian, and Vietnamese.
|
||||
|
||||
OUTPUT_LANGUAGE = English
|
||||
|
||||
# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in
|
||||
# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc).
|
||||
# Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend
|
||||
# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description.
|
||||
# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the
|
||||
# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.
|
||||
|
||||
REPEAT_BRIEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator
|
||||
# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string
|
||||
# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be
|
||||
# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is
|
||||
# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is.
|
||||
# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically
|
||||
# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget"
|
||||
# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains"
|
||||
# "represents" "a" "an" "the"
|
||||
|
||||
ABBREVIATE_BRIEF = "The $name class" \
|
||||
"The $name widget" \
|
||||
"The $name file" \
|
||||
is \
|
||||
provides \
|
||||
specifies \
|
||||
contains \
|
||||
represents \
|
||||
a \
|
||||
an \
|
||||
the
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then
|
||||
# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief
|
||||
# description.
|
||||
|
||||
ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all
|
||||
# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those
|
||||
# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment
|
||||
# operators of the base classes will not be shown.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full
|
||||
# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set
|
||||
# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
FULL_PATH_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag
|
||||
# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is
|
||||
# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of
|
||||
# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list.
|
||||
# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the
|
||||
# path to strip.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of
|
||||
# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells
|
||||
# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class.
|
||||
# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class
|
||||
# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that
|
||||
# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter
|
||||
# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful if your file system
|
||||
# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.
|
||||
|
||||
SHORT_NAMES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
||||
# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc
|
||||
# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments
|
||||
# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will
|
||||
# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style
|
||||
# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments
|
||||
# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring
|
||||
# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)
|
||||
|
||||
QT_AUTOBRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen
|
||||
# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or ///
|
||||
# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour.
|
||||
# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed
|
||||
# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.
|
||||
|
||||
MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented
|
||||
# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it
|
||||
# re-implements.
|
||||
|
||||
INHERIT_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce
|
||||
# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will
|
||||
# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.
|
||||
|
||||
SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab.
|
||||
# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.
|
||||
|
||||
TAB_SIZE = 4
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts
|
||||
# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value".
|
||||
# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to
|
||||
# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which
|
||||
# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:".
|
||||
# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.
|
||||
|
||||
ALIASES =
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify a number of word-keyword mappings (TCL only).
|
||||
# A mapping has the form "name=value". For example adding
|
||||
# "class=itcl::class" will allow you to use the command class in the
|
||||
# itcl::class meaning.
|
||||
|
||||
TCL_SUBST =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C.
|
||||
# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list
|
||||
# of all members will be omitted, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified
|
||||
# scopes will look different, etc.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran
|
||||
# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for
|
||||
# Fortran.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL
|
||||
# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for
|
||||
# VHDL.
|
||||
|
||||
OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Doxygen selects the parser to use depending on the extension of the files it
|
||||
# parses. With this tag you can assign which parser to use for a given extension.
|
||||
# Doxygen has a built-in mapping, but you can override or extend it using this
|
||||
# tag. The format is ext=language, where ext is a file extension, and language
|
||||
# is one of the parsers supported by doxygen: IDL, Java, Javascript, CSharp, C,
|
||||
# C++, D, PHP, Objective-C, Python, Fortran, VHDL, C, C++. For instance to make
|
||||
# doxygen treat .inc files as Fortran files (default is PHP), and .f files as C
|
||||
# (default is Fortran), use: inc=Fortran f=C. Note that for custom extensions
|
||||
# you also need to set FILE_PATTERNS otherwise the files are not read by doxygen.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTENSION_MAPPING =
|
||||
|
||||
# If MARKDOWN_SUPPORT is enabled (the default) then doxygen pre-processes all
|
||||
# comments according to the Markdown format, which allows for more readable
|
||||
# documentation. See http://daringfireball.net/projects/markdown/ for details.
|
||||
# The output of markdown processing is further processed by doxygen, so you
|
||||
# can mix doxygen, HTML, and XML commands with Markdown formatting.
|
||||
# Disable only in case of backward compatibilities issues.
|
||||
|
||||
MARKDOWN_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want
|
||||
# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should
|
||||
# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and
|
||||
# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s.
|
||||
# func(std::string) {}). This also makes the inheritance and collaboration
|
||||
# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.
|
||||
|
||||
BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to
|
||||
# enable parsing support.
|
||||
|
||||
CPP_CLI_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only.
|
||||
# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public
|
||||
# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.
|
||||
|
||||
SIP_SUPPORT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter
|
||||
# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default)
|
||||
# will make doxygen replace the get and set methods by a property in the
|
||||
# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or
|
||||
# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the
|
||||
# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC
|
||||
# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first
|
||||
# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default
|
||||
# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.
|
||||
|
||||
DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of
|
||||
# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a
|
||||
# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to
|
||||
# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using
|
||||
# the \nosubgrouping command.
|
||||
|
||||
SUBGROUPING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# When the INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES tag is set to YES, classes, structs and
|
||||
# unions are shown inside the group in which they are included (e.g. using
|
||||
# @ingroup) instead of on a separate page (for HTML and Man pages) or
|
||||
# section (for LaTeX and RTF).
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_GROUPED_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When the INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS tag is set to YES, structs, classes, and
|
||||
# unions with only public data fields will be shown inline in the documentation
|
||||
# of the scope in which they are defined (i.e. file, namespace, or group
|
||||
# documentation), provided this scope is documented. If set to NO (the default),
|
||||
# structs, classes, and unions are shown on a separate page (for HTML and Man
|
||||
# pages) or section (for LaTeX and RTF).
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_SIMPLE_STRUCTS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum
|
||||
# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So
|
||||
# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct
|
||||
# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file,
|
||||
# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically
|
||||
# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound
|
||||
# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.
|
||||
|
||||
TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to
|
||||
# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.
|
||||
# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.
|
||||
# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is
|
||||
# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause
|
||||
# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time
|
||||
# causing a significant performance penalty.
|
||||
# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the
|
||||
# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on
|
||||
# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will roughly double the
|
||||
# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula:
|
||||
# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
|
||||
|
||||
SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Similar to the SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE the size of the symbol lookup cache can be
|
||||
# set using LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE. This cache is used to resolve symbols given
|
||||
# their name and scope. Since this can be an expensive process and often the
|
||||
# same symbol appear multiple times in the code, doxygen keeps a cache of
|
||||
# pre-resolved symbols. If the cache is too small doxygen will become slower.
|
||||
# If the cache is too large, memory is wasted. The cache size is given by this
|
||||
# formula: 2^(16+LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0,
|
||||
# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols.
|
||||
|
||||
LOOKUP_CACHE_SIZE = 0
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Build related configuration options
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in
|
||||
# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available.
|
||||
# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless
|
||||
# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ALL = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_PRIVATE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_PACKAGE tag is set to YES all members with package or internal scope will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_PACKAGE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file
|
||||
# will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_STATIC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs)
|
||||
# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local
|
||||
# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in
|
||||
# the interface are included in the documentation.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be
|
||||
# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called
|
||||
# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base
|
||||
# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default
|
||||
# anonymous namespaces are hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the
|
||||
# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated.
|
||||
# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various
|
||||
# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all
|
||||
# friend (class|struct|union) declarations.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any
|
||||
# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function.
|
||||
# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the
|
||||
# function's detailed documentation block.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation
|
||||
# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set
|
||||
# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded.
|
||||
# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INTERNAL_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate
|
||||
# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also
|
||||
# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ
|
||||
# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows
|
||||
# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CASE_SENSE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the
|
||||
# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation
|
||||
# of that file.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES tag is set to YES then Doxygen
|
||||
# will list include files with double quotes in the documentation
|
||||
# rather than with sharp brackets.
|
||||
|
||||
FORCE_LOCAL_INCLUDES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline]
|
||||
# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_INFO = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen
|
||||
# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members
|
||||
# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_MEMBER_DOCS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically
|
||||
# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in
|
||||
# declaration order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BRIEF_DOCS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST tag is set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will sort the (brief and detailed) documentation of class members so that
|
||||
# constructors and destructors are listed first. If set to NO (the default)
|
||||
# the constructors will appear in the respective orders defined by
|
||||
# SORT_MEMBER_DOCS and SORT_BRIEF_DOCS.
|
||||
# This tag will be ignored for brief docs if SORT_BRIEF_DOCS is set to NO
|
||||
# and ignored for detailed docs if SORT_MEMBER_DOCS is set to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_MEMBERS_CTORS_1ST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the
|
||||
# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default)
|
||||
# the group names will appear in their defined order.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_GROUP_NAMES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be
|
||||
# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to
|
||||
# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name,
|
||||
# not including the namespace part.
|
||||
# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.
|
||||
# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the
|
||||
# alphabetical list.
|
||||
|
||||
SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING option is enabled and doxygen fails to
|
||||
# do proper type resolution of all parameters of a function it will reject a
|
||||
# match between the prototype and the implementation of a member function even
|
||||
# if there is only one candidate or it is obvious which candidate to choose
|
||||
# by doing a simple string match. By disabling STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING doxygen
|
||||
# will still accept a match between prototype and implementation in such cases.
|
||||
|
||||
STRICT_PROTO_MATCHING = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TODOLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TESTLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug
|
||||
# commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_BUGLIST = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or
|
||||
# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting
|
||||
# \deprecated commands in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional
|
||||
# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLED_SECTIONS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines
|
||||
# the initial value of a variable or macro consists of for it to appear in
|
||||
# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified
|
||||
# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely.
|
||||
# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and macros in the
|
||||
# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer
|
||||
# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES = 30
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated
|
||||
# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the
|
||||
# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_USED_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories
|
||||
# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy
|
||||
# in the documentation. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_DIRECTORIES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.
|
||||
# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the
|
||||
# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_FILES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the
|
||||
# Namespaces page.
|
||||
# This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index
|
||||
# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.
|
||||
|
||||
SHOW_NAMESPACES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that
|
||||
# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from
|
||||
# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via
|
||||
# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of
|
||||
# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file
|
||||
# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output
|
||||
# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_VERSION_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed
|
||||
# by doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated
|
||||
# output files in an output format independent way. The create the layout file
|
||||
# that represents doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option.
|
||||
# You can optionally specify a file name after the option, if omitted
|
||||
# DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name of the layout file.
|
||||
|
||||
LAYOUT_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# The CITE_BIB_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more bib files
|
||||
# containing the references data. This must be a list of .bib files. The
|
||||
# .bib extension is automatically appended if omitted. Using this command
|
||||
# requires the bibtex tool to be installed. See also
|
||||
# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info. For LaTeX the style
|
||||
# of the bibliography can be controlled using LATEX_BIB_STYLE. To use this
|
||||
# feature you need bibtex and perl available in the search path.
|
||||
|
||||
CITE_BIB_FILES =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to warning and progress messages
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated
|
||||
# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
QUIET = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are
|
||||
# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank
|
||||
# NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
WARNINGS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings
|
||||
# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will
|
||||
# automatically be disabled.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for
|
||||
# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some
|
||||
# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that
|
||||
# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be enabled to get warnings for
|
||||
# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters
|
||||
# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about
|
||||
# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of
|
||||
# documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_NO_PARAMDOC = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that
|
||||
# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text
|
||||
# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the
|
||||
# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain
|
||||
# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could
|
||||
# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_FORMAT = "$file:$line: $text"
|
||||
|
||||
# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning
|
||||
# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written
|
||||
# to stderr.
|
||||
|
||||
WARN_LOGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the input files
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain
|
||||
# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or
|
||||
# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories
|
||||
# with spaces.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT = ./
|
||||
|
||||
# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files
|
||||
# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is
|
||||
# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built
|
||||
# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for
|
||||
# the list of possible encodings.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_ENCODING = UTF-8
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank the following patterns are tested:
|
||||
# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.d *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh
|
||||
# *.hxx *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.dox *.py
|
||||
# *.f90 *.f *.for *.vhd *.vhdl
|
||||
|
||||
FILE_PATTERNS = *.h \
|
||||
*.c \
|
||||
*.txt
|
||||
|
||||
# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories
|
||||
# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO.
|
||||
# If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
RECURSIVE = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should be
|
||||
# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a
|
||||
# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.
|
||||
# Note that relative paths are relative to the directory from which doxygen is
|
||||
# run.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE = Documentation/
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used to select whether or not files or
|
||||
# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix file system feature) are excluded
|
||||
# from the input.
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude
|
||||
# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched
|
||||
# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories
|
||||
# for example use the pattern */test/*
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names
|
||||
# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the
|
||||
# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the
|
||||
# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass,
|
||||
# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test
|
||||
|
||||
EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS = __* \
|
||||
INCLUDE_FROM_*
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see
|
||||
# the \include command).
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the
|
||||
# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp
|
||||
# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left
|
||||
# blank all files are included.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_PATTERNS = *
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be
|
||||
# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude
|
||||
# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag.
|
||||
# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.
|
||||
|
||||
EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or
|
||||
# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see
|
||||
# the \image command).
|
||||
|
||||
IMAGE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should
|
||||
# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program
|
||||
# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter>
|
||||
# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an
|
||||
# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes
|
||||
# to standard output.
|
||||
# If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be
|
||||
# ignored.
|
||||
|
||||
INPUT_FILTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern
|
||||
# basis.
|
||||
# Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the
|
||||
# filter if there is a match.
|
||||
# The filters are a list of the form:
|
||||
# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further
|
||||
# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty or if
|
||||
# non of the patterns match the file name, INPUT_FILTER is applied.
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using
|
||||
# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source
|
||||
# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_FILES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify source filters per file
|
||||
# pattern. A pattern will override the setting for FILTER_PATTERN (if any)
|
||||
# and it is also possible to disable source filtering for a specific pattern
|
||||
# using *.ext= (so without naming a filter). This option only has effect when
|
||||
# FILTER_SOURCE_FILES is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
FILTER_SOURCE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to source browsing
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will
|
||||
# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources.
|
||||
# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also
|
||||
# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
SOURCE_BROWSER = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body
|
||||
# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
INLINE_SOURCES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct
|
||||
# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code
|
||||
# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.
|
||||
|
||||
STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented
|
||||
# functions referencing it will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES
|
||||
# then for each documented function all documented entities
|
||||
# called/used by that function will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_RELATION = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)
|
||||
# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from
|
||||
# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will
|
||||
# link to the source code.
|
||||
# Otherwise they will link to the documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code
|
||||
# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen
|
||||
# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source
|
||||
# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You
|
||||
# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_HTAGS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for
|
||||
# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.
|
||||
|
||||
VERBATIM_HEADERS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index
|
||||
# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project
|
||||
# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.
|
||||
|
||||
ALPHABETICAL_INDEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then
|
||||
# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns
|
||||
# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])
|
||||
|
||||
COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX = 5
|
||||
|
||||
# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all
|
||||
# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index.
|
||||
# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that
|
||||
# should be ignored while generating the index headers.
|
||||
|
||||
IGNORE_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the HTML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate HTML output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTML = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_OUTPUT = html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank
|
||||
# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FILE_EXTENSION = .html
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header. Note that when using a custom header you are responsible
|
||||
# for the proper inclusion of any scripts and style sheets that doxygen
|
||||
# needs, which is dependent on the configuration options used.
|
||||
# It is advised to generate a default header using "doxygen -w html
|
||||
# header.html footer.html stylesheet.css YourConfigFile" and then modify
|
||||
# that header. Note that the header is subject to change so you typically
|
||||
# have to redo this when upgrading to a newer version of doxygen or when
|
||||
# changing the value of configuration settings such as GENERATE_TREEVIEW!
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for
|
||||
# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard footer.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_FOOTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading
|
||||
# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to
|
||||
# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy
|
||||
# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own
|
||||
# style sheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_STYLESHEET =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_EXTRA_FILES tag can be used to specify one or more extra images or
|
||||
# other source files which should be copied to the HTML output directory. Note
|
||||
# that these files will be copied to the base HTML output directory. Use the
|
||||
# $relpath$ marker in the HTML_HEADER and/or HTML_FOOTER files to load these
|
||||
# files. In the HTML_STYLESHEET file, use the file name only. Also note that
|
||||
# the files will be copied as-is; there are no commands or markers available.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_EXTRA_FILES =
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE tag controls the color of the HTML output.
|
||||
# Doxygen will adjust the colors in the style sheet and background images
|
||||
# according to this color. Hue is specified as an angle on a colorwheel,
|
||||
# see http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Hue for more information.
|
||||
# For instance the value 0 represents red, 60 is yellow, 120 is green,
|
||||
# 180 is cyan, 240 is blue, 300 purple, and 360 is red again.
|
||||
# The allowed range is 0 to 359.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_HUE = 220
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT tag controls the purity (or saturation) of
|
||||
# the colors in the HTML output. For a value of 0 the output will use
|
||||
# grayscales only. A value of 255 will produce the most vivid colors.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_SAT = 100
|
||||
|
||||
# The HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA tag controls the gamma correction applied to
|
||||
# the luminance component of the colors in the HTML output. Values below
|
||||
# 100 gradually make the output lighter, whereas values above 100 make
|
||||
# the output darker. The value divided by 100 is the actual gamma applied,
|
||||
# so 80 represents a gamma of 0.8, The value 220 represents a gamma of 2.2,
|
||||
# and 100 does not change the gamma.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_COLORSTYLE_GAMMA = 80
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_TIMESTAMP tag is set to YES then the footer of each generated HTML
|
||||
# page will contain the date and time when the page was generated. Setting
|
||||
# this to NO can help when comparing the output of multiple runs.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_TIMESTAMP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes,
|
||||
# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to
|
||||
# NO a bullet list will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the
|
||||
# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox
|
||||
# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).
|
||||
|
||||
HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3
|
||||
# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard).
|
||||
# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the
|
||||
# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that
|
||||
# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in
|
||||
# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find
|
||||
# it at startup.
|
||||
# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html
|
||||
# for more information.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_DOCSET = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the
|
||||
# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple
|
||||
# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite)
|
||||
# can be grouped.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_FEEDNAME = "Doxygen generated docs"
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that
|
||||
# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a
|
||||
# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen
|
||||
# will append .docset to the name.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# When GENERATE_PUBLISHER_ID tag specifies a string that should uniquely identify
|
||||
# the documentation publisher. This should be a reverse domain-name style
|
||||
# string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet.documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_ID = org.doxygen.Publisher
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_PUBLISHER_NAME tag identifies the documentation publisher.
|
||||
|
||||
DOCSET_PUBLISHER_NAME = Publisher
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the
|
||||
# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm)
|
||||
# of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_HTMLHELP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You
|
||||
# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be
|
||||
# written to the html output directory.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run
|
||||
# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.
|
||||
|
||||
HHC_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag
|
||||
# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that
|
||||
# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_CHI = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING
|
||||
# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file
|
||||
# content.
|
||||
|
||||
CHM_INDEX_ENCODING =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag
|
||||
# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a
|
||||
# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.
|
||||
|
||||
BINARY_TOC = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members
|
||||
# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.
|
||||
|
||||
TOC_EXPAND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and
|
||||
# QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER are set, an additional index file will be generated
|
||||
# that can be used as input for Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a
|
||||
# Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated HTML documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_QHP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file.
|
||||
# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.
|
||||
|
||||
QCH_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_NAMESPACE = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating
|
||||
# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see
|
||||
# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER = doc
|
||||
|
||||
# If QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME is set, it specifies the name of a custom filter to
|
||||
# add. For more information please see
|
||||
# http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_CUST_FILTER_NAME =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_CUST_FILT_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes of the
|
||||
# custom filter to add. For more information please see
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#custom-filters">
|
||||
# Qt Help Project / Custom Filters</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_CUST_FILTER_ATTRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS tag specifies the list of the attributes this
|
||||
# project's
|
||||
# filter section matches.
|
||||
# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#filter-attributes">
|
||||
# Qt Help Project / Filter Attributes</a>.
|
||||
|
||||
QHP_SECT_FILTER_ATTRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can
|
||||
# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator.
|
||||
# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated
|
||||
# .qhp file.
|
||||
|
||||
QHG_LOCATION =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files
|
||||
# will be generated, which together with the HTML files, form an Eclipse help
|
||||
# plugin. To install this plugin and make it available under the help contents
|
||||
# menu in Eclipse, the contents of the directory containing the HTML and XML
|
||||
# files needs to be copied into the plugins directory of eclipse. The name of
|
||||
# the directory within the plugins directory should be the same as
|
||||
# the ECLIPSE_DOC_ID value. After copying Eclipse needs to be restarted before
|
||||
# the help appears.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_ECLIPSEHELP = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# A unique identifier for the eclipse help plugin. When installing the plugin
|
||||
# the directory name containing the HTML and XML files should also have
|
||||
# this name.
|
||||
|
||||
ECLIPSE_DOC_ID = org.doxygen.Project
|
||||
|
||||
# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index (tabs)
|
||||
# at top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and
|
||||
# the value YES disables it. Since the tabs have the same information as the
|
||||
# navigation tree you can set this option to NO if you already set
|
||||
# GENERATE_TREEVIEW to YES.
|
||||
|
||||
DISABLE_INDEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index
|
||||
# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.
|
||||
# If the tag value is set to YES, a side panel will be generated
|
||||
# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that
|
||||
# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports
|
||||
# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (i.e. any modern browser).
|
||||
# Windows users are probably better off using the HTML help feature.
|
||||
# Since the tree basically has the same information as the tab index you
|
||||
# could consider to set DISABLE_INDEX to NO when enabling this option.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TREEVIEW = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE tag can be used to set the number of enum values
|
||||
# (range [0,1..20]) that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML
|
||||
# documentation. Note that a value of 0 will completely suppress the enum
|
||||
# values from appearing in the overview section.
|
||||
|
||||
ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE = 1
|
||||
|
||||
# By enabling USE_INLINE_TREES, doxygen will generate the Groups, Directories,
|
||||
# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_INLINE_TREES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be
|
||||
# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree
|
||||
# is shown.
|
||||
|
||||
TREEVIEW_WIDTH = 250
|
||||
|
||||
# When the EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW option is set to YES doxygen will open
|
||||
# links to external symbols imported via tag files in a separate window.
|
||||
|
||||
EXT_LINKS_IN_WINDOW = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included
|
||||
# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that
|
||||
# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need
|
||||
# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory
|
||||
# to force them to be regenerated.
|
||||
|
||||
FORMULA_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# Use the FORMULA_TRANPARENT tag to determine whether or not the images
|
||||
# generated for formulas are transparent PNGs. Transparent PNGs are
|
||||
# not supported properly for IE 6.0, but are supported on all modern browsers.
|
||||
# Note that when changing this option you need to delete any form_*.png files
|
||||
# in the HTML output before the changes have effect.
|
||||
|
||||
FORMULA_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Enable the USE_MATHJAX option to render LaTeX formulas using MathJax
|
||||
# (see http://www.mathjax.org) which uses client side Javascript for the
|
||||
# rendering instead of using prerendered bitmaps. Use this if you do not
|
||||
# have LaTeX installed or if you want to formulas look prettier in the HTML
|
||||
# output. When enabled you may also need to install MathJax separately and
|
||||
# configure the path to it using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_MATHJAX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When MathJax is enabled you need to specify the location relative to the
|
||||
# HTML output directory using the MATHJAX_RELPATH option. The destination
|
||||
# directory should contain the MathJax.js script. For instance, if the mathjax
|
||||
# directory is located at the same level as the HTML output directory, then
|
||||
# MATHJAX_RELPATH should be ../mathjax. The default value points to
|
||||
# the MathJax Content Delivery Network so you can quickly see the result without
|
||||
# installing MathJax.
|
||||
# However, it is strongly recommended to install a local
|
||||
# copy of MathJax from http://www.mathjax.org before deployment.
|
||||
|
||||
MATHJAX_RELPATH = http://cdn.mathjax.org/mathjax/latest
|
||||
|
||||
# The MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS tag can be used to specify one or MathJax extension
|
||||
# names that should be enabled during MathJax rendering.
|
||||
|
||||
MATHJAX_EXTENSIONS =
|
||||
|
||||
# When the SEARCHENGINE tag is enabled doxygen will generate a search box
|
||||
# for the HTML output. The underlying search engine uses javascript
|
||||
# and DHTML and should work on any modern browser. Note that when using
|
||||
# HTML help (GENERATE_HTMLHELP), Qt help (GENERATE_QHP), or docsets
|
||||
# (GENERATE_DOCSET) there is already a search function so this one should
|
||||
# typically be disabled. For large projects the javascript based search engine
|
||||
# can be slow, then enabling SERVER_BASED_SEARCH may provide a better solution.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCHENGINE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# When the SERVER_BASED_SEARCH tag is enabled the search engine will be
|
||||
# implemented using a PHP enabled web server instead of at the web client
|
||||
# using Javascript. Doxygen will generate the search PHP script and index
|
||||
# file to put on the web server. The advantage of the server
|
||||
# based approach is that it scales better to large projects and allows
|
||||
# full text search. The disadvantages are that it is more difficult to setup
|
||||
# and does not have live searching capabilities.
|
||||
|
||||
SERVER_BASED_SEARCH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the LaTeX output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate Latex output.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_OUTPUT = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be
|
||||
# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.
|
||||
# Note that when enabling USE_PDFLATEX this option is only used for
|
||||
# generating bitmaps for formulas in the HTML output, but not in the
|
||||
# Makefile that is written to the output directory.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_CMD_NAME = latex
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to
|
||||
# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the
|
||||
# default command name.
|
||||
|
||||
MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME = makeindex
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used
|
||||
# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, letter, legal and
|
||||
# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.
|
||||
|
||||
PAPER_TYPE = a4wide
|
||||
|
||||
# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX
|
||||
# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTRA_PACKAGES =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for
|
||||
# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until
|
||||
# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HEADER =
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX footer for
|
||||
# the generated latex document. The footer should contain everything after
|
||||
# the last chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a
|
||||
# standard footer. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_FOOTER =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated
|
||||
# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.
|
||||
|
||||
PDF_HYPERLINKS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of
|
||||
# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a
|
||||
# higher quality PDF documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
USE_PDFLATEX = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode.
|
||||
# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep
|
||||
# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help.
|
||||
# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_BATCHMODE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not
|
||||
# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.)
|
||||
# in the output.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_HIDE_INDICES = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If LATEX_SOURCE_CODE is set to YES then doxygen will include
|
||||
# source code with syntax highlighting in the LaTeX output.
|
||||
# Note that which sources are shown also depends on other settings
|
||||
# such as SOURCE_BROWSER.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_SOURCE_CODE = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The LATEX_BIB_STYLE tag can be used to specify the style to use for the
|
||||
# bibliography, e.g. plainnat, or ieeetr. The default style is "plain". See
|
||||
# http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/BibTeX for more info.
|
||||
|
||||
LATEX_BIB_STYLE = plain
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the RTF output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output
|
||||
# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with
|
||||
# other RTF readers or editors.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_OUTPUT = rtf
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact
|
||||
# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to
|
||||
# save some trees in general.
|
||||
|
||||
COMPACT_RTF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated
|
||||
# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will
|
||||
# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references.
|
||||
# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other
|
||||
# programs which support those fields.
|
||||
# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_HYPERLINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# Load style sheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's
|
||||
# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide
|
||||
# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document.
|
||||
# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.
|
||||
|
||||
RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the man page output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate man pages
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_MAN = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_OUTPUT = man
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to
|
||||
# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_EXTENSION = .3
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output,
|
||||
# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity
|
||||
# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files
|
||||
# only source the real man page, but without them the man command
|
||||
# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.
|
||||
|
||||
MAN_LINKS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the XML output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an XML file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_XML = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put.
|
||||
# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be
|
||||
# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_OUTPUT = xml
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_SCHEMA =
|
||||
|
||||
# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD,
|
||||
# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the
|
||||
# syntax of the XML files.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_DTD =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting
|
||||
# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that
|
||||
# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.
|
||||
|
||||
XML_PROGRAMLISTING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file
|
||||
# that captures the structure of the code including all
|
||||
# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental
|
||||
# and incomplete at the moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF = NO
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# configuration options related to the Perl module output
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of
|
||||
# the code including all documentation. Note that this
|
||||
# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the
|
||||
# moment.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_PERLMOD = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate
|
||||
# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able
|
||||
# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_LATEX = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be
|
||||
# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.
|
||||
# This is useful
|
||||
# if you want to understand what is going on.
|
||||
# On the other hand, if this
|
||||
# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller
|
||||
# and Perl will parse it just the same.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_PRETTY = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file
|
||||
# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX.
|
||||
# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same
|
||||
# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.
|
||||
|
||||
PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX =
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the preprocessor
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include
|
||||
# files.
|
||||
|
||||
ENABLE_PREPROCESSING = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro
|
||||
# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional
|
||||
# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled
|
||||
# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.
|
||||
|
||||
MACRO_EXPANSION = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES
|
||||
# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the
|
||||
# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files
|
||||
# pointed to by INCLUDE_PATH will be searched when a #include is found.
|
||||
|
||||
SEARCH_INCLUDES = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by
|
||||
# the preprocessor.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard
|
||||
# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the
|
||||
# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will
|
||||
# be used.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that
|
||||
# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of
|
||||
# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name
|
||||
# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are
|
||||
# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being
|
||||
# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator
|
||||
# instead of the = operator.
|
||||
|
||||
PREDEFINED = __DOXYGEN__ \
|
||||
PROGMEM
|
||||
|
||||
# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded.
|
||||
# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used.
|
||||
# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition that
|
||||
# overrules the definition found in the source code.
|
||||
|
||||
EXPAND_AS_DEFINED =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then
|
||||
# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all references to function-like macros
|
||||
# that are alone on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a
|
||||
# semicolon, because these will confuse the parser if not removed.
|
||||
|
||||
SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration::additions related to external references
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. For each
|
||||
# tag file the location of the external documentation should be added. The
|
||||
# format of a tag file without this location is as follows:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1 file2 ...
|
||||
# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ...
|
||||
# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths
|
||||
# or URLs. Note that each tag file must have a unique name (where the name does
|
||||
# NOT include the path). If a tag file is not located in the directory in which
|
||||
# doxygen is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.
|
||||
|
||||
TAGFILES =
|
||||
|
||||
# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create
|
||||
# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_TAGFILE =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed
|
||||
# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes
|
||||
# will be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
ALLEXTERNALS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed
|
||||
# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will
|
||||
# be listed.
|
||||
|
||||
EXTERNAL_GROUPS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script
|
||||
# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').
|
||||
|
||||
PERL_PATH = /usr/bin/perl
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# Configuration options related to the dot tool
|
||||
#---------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base
|
||||
# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that
|
||||
# this option also works with HAVE_DOT disabled, but it is recommended to
|
||||
# install and use dot, since it yields more powerful graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_DIAGRAMS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc
|
||||
# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see
|
||||
# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the
|
||||
# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where
|
||||
# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the
|
||||
# default search path.
|
||||
|
||||
MSCGEN_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide
|
||||
# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented
|
||||
# or is not a class.
|
||||
|
||||
HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is
|
||||
# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization
|
||||
# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section
|
||||
# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)
|
||||
|
||||
HAVE_DOT = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_NUM_THREADS specifies the number of dot invocations doxygen is
|
||||
# allowed to run in parallel. When set to 0 (the default) doxygen will
|
||||
# base this on the number of processors available in the system. You can set it
|
||||
# explicitly to a value larger than 0 to get control over the balance
|
||||
# between CPU load and processing speed.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_NUM_THREADS = 0
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will use the Helvetica font for all dot files that
|
||||
# doxygen generates. When you want a differently looking font you can specify
|
||||
# the font name using DOT_FONTNAME. You need to make sure dot is able to find
|
||||
# the font, which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting
|
||||
# the DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the
|
||||
# directory containing the font.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTNAME = FreeSans
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs.
|
||||
# The default size is 10pt.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTSIZE = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the Helvetica font.
|
||||
# If you specify a different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can use DOT_FONTPATH to
|
||||
# set the path where dot can find it.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_FONTPATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the
|
||||
# CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.
|
||||
|
||||
CLASS_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and
|
||||
# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and
|
||||
# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.
|
||||
|
||||
COLLABORATION_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies
|
||||
|
||||
GROUP_GRAPHS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and
|
||||
# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling
|
||||
# Language.
|
||||
|
||||
UML_LOOK = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the UML_LOOK tag is enabled, the fields and methods are shown inside
|
||||
# the class node. If there are many fields or methods and many nodes the
|
||||
# graph may become too big to be useful. The UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS
|
||||
# threshold limits the number of items for each type to make the size more
|
||||
# managable. Set this to 0 for no limit. Note that the threshold may be
|
||||
# exceeded by 50% before the limit is enforced.
|
||||
|
||||
UML_LIMIT_NUM_FIELDS = 10
|
||||
|
||||
# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the
|
||||
# relations between templates and their instances.
|
||||
|
||||
TEMPLATE_RELATIONS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT
|
||||
# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented
|
||||
# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with
|
||||
# other documented files.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDE_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and
|
||||
# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each
|
||||
# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or
|
||||
# indirectly include this file.
|
||||
|
||||
INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs
|
||||
# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALL_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then
|
||||
# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function
|
||||
# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase
|
||||
# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller
|
||||
# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.
|
||||
|
||||
CALLER_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen
|
||||
# will generate a graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.
|
||||
|
||||
GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES
|
||||
# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories
|
||||
# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include
|
||||
# relations between the files in the directories.
|
||||
|
||||
DIRECTORY_GRAPH = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images
|
||||
# generated by dot. Possible values are svg, png, jpg, or gif.
|
||||
# If left blank png will be used. If you choose svg you need to set
|
||||
# HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
|
||||
# visible in IE 9+ (other browsers do not have this requirement).
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT = png
|
||||
|
||||
# If DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT is set to svg, then this option can be set to YES to
|
||||
# enable generation of interactive SVG images that allow zooming and panning.
|
||||
# Note that this requires a modern browser other than Internet Explorer.
|
||||
# Tested and working are Firefox, Chrome, Safari, and Opera. For IE 9+ you
|
||||
# need to set HTML_FILE_EXTENSION to xhtml in order to make the SVG files
|
||||
# visible. Older versions of IE do not have SVG support.
|
||||
|
||||
INTERACTIVE_SVG = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be
|
||||
# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_PATH =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
||||
# \dotfile command).
|
||||
|
||||
DOTFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The MSCFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that
|
||||
# contain msc files that are included in the documentation (see the
|
||||
# \mscfile command).
|
||||
|
||||
MSCFILE_DIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of
|
||||
# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph
|
||||
# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is
|
||||
# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the
|
||||
# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note
|
||||
# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES = 15
|
||||
|
||||
# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the
|
||||
# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable
|
||||
# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes
|
||||
# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this
|
||||
# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large
|
||||
# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by
|
||||
# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.
|
||||
|
||||
MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH = 2
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent
|
||||
# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not
|
||||
# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used,
|
||||
# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of
|
||||
# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_TRANSPARENT = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output
|
||||
# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This
|
||||
# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10)
|
||||
# support this, this feature is disabled by default.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_MULTI_TARGETS = NO
|
||||
|
||||
# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and
|
||||
# arrows in the dot generated graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
GENERATE_LEGEND = YES
|
||||
|
||||
# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will
|
||||
# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate
|
||||
# the various graphs.
|
||||
|
||||
DOT_CLEANUP = YES
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "HD44780.h"
|
||||
|
||||
static void HD44780_WriteNibble(const uint8_t nib)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Read PORTD and clear the ENABLE and PD0..3 bits
|
||||
then OR in the data */
|
||||
|
||||
PORTD = (PORTD & ~(ENABLE | LO4_MASK)) | (nib & LO4_MASK);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enforce address setup time (tAS) 60ns
|
||||
60 @ 16MHz = <1
|
||||
Let's us a few NOPs for good measure */
|
||||
asm volatile("nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
:: );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Take enable high and enforce Enable High time (tEH=450ns)
|
||||
450ns @ 16MHz = 7.2 => 7 NOPs */
|
||||
|
||||
PORTD |= ENABLE;
|
||||
|
||||
asm volatile("nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
:: );
|
||||
|
||||
/* Take enable low and enforce Enable Low time (tEL=500ns)
|
||||
500ns @ 16MHz = 8.0 => 7 NOPs */
|
||||
PORTD &= ~ENABLE;
|
||||
|
||||
asm volatile("nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
"nop\n\t"
|
||||
:: );
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void HD44780_WriteByte(const uint8_t c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HD44780_WriteNibble(HI4(c));
|
||||
HD44780_WriteNibble(LO4(c));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
static void HD44780_PowerUp4Bit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for more than 40 ms after VCC rises to 2.7 V */
|
||||
_delay_ms(40);
|
||||
HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03); // FN_SET 8-bit
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for more than 4.1 ms */
|
||||
_delay_ms(5);
|
||||
HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03); // FN_SET 8-bit
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for more than 100 µs */
|
||||
_delay_us(100);
|
||||
HD44780_WriteNibble(0x03); // FN_SET 8-bit
|
||||
|
||||
/* From now on we must allow 40us for each command */
|
||||
_delay_us(50);
|
||||
HD44780_WriteNibble(0x02); // FN_SET 4-bit
|
||||
|
||||
/* The LCD is now in 4-bit mode so we can continue
|
||||
using the 4-bit API */
|
||||
_delay_us(50);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void HD44780_Initialise(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~ALL_BITS;
|
||||
DDRD |= ALL_BITS;
|
||||
HD44780_PowerUp4Bit();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void HD44780_WriteCommand(const uint8_t c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD &= ~RS;
|
||||
HD44780_WriteByte(c);
|
||||
_delay_us(50);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
void HD44780_WriteData(const uint8_t c)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PORTD |= RS;
|
||||
HD44780_WriteByte(c);
|
||||
PORTD &= ~RS;
|
||||
_delay_us(50);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for HD44780.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _HD44780_H_
|
||||
#define _HD44780_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <util/delay.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define RS (1 << 4) /* PD4 */
|
||||
#define ENABLE (1 << 7) /* PD7 */
|
||||
|
||||
#define HI4_MASK 0xF0
|
||||
#define LO4_MASK 0x0F /* PD0-PD3 */
|
||||
|
||||
#define ALL_BITS (RS | ENABLE | LO4_MASK)
|
||||
|
||||
#define HI4(c) ((c & HI4_MASK) >> 4)
|
||||
#define LO4(c) ((c & LO4_MASK) >> 0)
|
||||
|
||||
#define CMD_DISPLAY_ON 0x0C
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void HD44780_Initialise(void);
|
||||
void HD44780_WriteData(const uint8_t c);
|
||||
void HD44780_WriteCommand(const uint8_t c);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Main source file for the SerialToLCD program. This file contains the main tasks of
|
||||
* the project and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#include "SerialToLCD.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** Circular buffer to hold data from the host before it is sent to the LCD */
|
||||
static RingBuffer_t FromHost_Buffer;
|
||||
|
||||
/** Underlying data buffer for \ref FromHost_Buffer, where the stored bytes are located. */
|
||||
static uint8_t FromHost_Buffer_Data[128];
|
||||
|
||||
/** LUFA CDC Class driver interface configuration and state information. This structure is
|
||||
* passed to all CDC Class driver functions, so that multiple instances of the same class
|
||||
* within a device can be differentiated from one another.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
USB_ClassInfo_CDC_Device_t VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Config =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.ControlInterfaceNumber = 0,
|
||||
.DataINEndpoint =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Address = CDC_TX_EPADDR,
|
||||
.Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
|
||||
.Banks = 1,
|
||||
},
|
||||
.DataOUTEndpoint =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Address = CDC_RX_EPADDR,
|
||||
.Size = CDC_TXRX_EPSIZE,
|
||||
.Banks = 1,
|
||||
},
|
||||
.NotificationEndpoint =
|
||||
{
|
||||
.Address = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPADDR,
|
||||
.Size = CDC_NOTIFICATION_EPSIZE,
|
||||
.Banks = 1,
|
||||
},
|
||||
},
|
||||
};
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** Main program entry point. This routine contains the overall program flow, including initial
|
||||
* setup of all components and the main program loop.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
int main(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SetupHardware();
|
||||
|
||||
RingBuffer_InitBuffer(&FromHost_Buffer, FromHost_Buffer_Data, sizeof(FromHost_Buffer_Data));
|
||||
|
||||
sei();
|
||||
|
||||
for (;;)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Only try to read in bytes from the CDC interface if the transmit buffer is not full */
|
||||
if (!(RingBuffer_IsFull(&FromHost_Buffer)))
|
||||
{
|
||||
int16_t ReceivedByte = CDC_Device_ReceiveByte(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read bytes from the USB OUT endpoint into the USART transmit buffer */
|
||||
if (!(ReceivedByte < 0))
|
||||
RingBuffer_Insert(&FromHost_Buffer, ReceivedByte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (RingBuffer_GetCount(&FromHost_Buffer) > 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
static uint8_t EscapePending = 0;
|
||||
int16_t HD44780Byte = RingBuffer_Remove(&FromHost_Buffer);
|
||||
|
||||
if (HD44780Byte == COMMAND_ESCAPE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (EscapePending)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HD44780_WriteData(HD44780Byte);
|
||||
EscapePending = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Next received character is the command byte */
|
||||
EscapePending = 1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (EscapePending)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HD44780_WriteCommand(HD44780Byte);
|
||||
EscapePending = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
HD44780_WriteData(HD44780Byte);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
CDC_Device_USBTask(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
|
||||
USB_USBTask();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Configures the board hardware and chip peripherals for the application's functionality. */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */
|
||||
MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);
|
||||
wdt_disable();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable clock division */
|
||||
clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Hardware Initialization */
|
||||
USB_Init();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Power up the HD44780 Interface */
|
||||
HD44780_Initialise();
|
||||
HD44780_WriteCommand(CMD_DISPLAY_ON);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Start the flush timer so that overflows occur rapidly to push received bytes to the USB interface */
|
||||
TCCR0B = (1 << CS02);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the library USB Configuration Changed event. */
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CDC_Device_ConfigureEndpoints(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/** Event handler for the library USB Control Request reception event. */
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CDC_Device_ProcessControlRequest(&VirtualSerial_CDC_Interface);
|
||||
}
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
|
||||
/*
|
||||
LUFA Library
|
||||
Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2012.
|
||||
|
||||
dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
|
||||
www.lufa-lib.org
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/*
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)
|
||||
Copyright 2012 Simon Foster (simon.foster [at] inbox [dot] com)
|
||||
|
||||
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this
|
||||
software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted
|
||||
without fee, provided that the above copyright notice appear in
|
||||
all copies and that both that the copyright notice and this
|
||||
permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting
|
||||
documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in
|
||||
advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the
|
||||
software without specific, written prior permission.
|
||||
|
||||
The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this
|
||||
software, including all implied warranties of merchantability
|
||||
and fitness. In no event shall the author be liable for any
|
||||
special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages
|
||||
whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether
|
||||
in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,
|
||||
arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of
|
||||
this software.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Header file for SerialToLCD.c.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifndef _SERIALTOLCD_H_
|
||||
#define _SERIALTOLCD_H_
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes: */
|
||||
#include <avr/io.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/wdt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/interrupt.h>
|
||||
#include <avr/power.h>
|
||||
|
||||
#include "Descriptors.h"
|
||||
#include "Lib/HD44780.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Version.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/RingBuffer.h>
|
||||
#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>
|
||||
|
||||
/* Macros: */
|
||||
#define COMMAND_ESCAPE 0x1B
|
||||
|
||||
/* Function Prototypes: */
|
||||
void SetupHardware(void);
|
||||
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_Device_ConfigurationChanged(void);
|
||||
void EVENT_USB_Device_ControlRequest(void);
|
||||
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
|
||||
/** \file
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special
|
||||
* documentation pages. It is not a project source file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** \mainpage Simon Foster's USB Serial to HD44780 LCD Project
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Compat Project Compatibility:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following list indicates what microcontrollers are compatible with this project.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* - AT90USB162
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Info USB Information:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this project.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Device</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td>Full Speed Mode</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* \section Sec_Description Project Description:
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Firmware for a USB Virtual Serial to HD44780 LCD controller project, by Simon Foster. This
|
||||
* project connects a standard HD7780 compatible LCD controller to a PC via a virtual serial
|
||||
* link, so that data supplied by the host can be written to the display. This project is
|
||||
* designed to use the Minimum USB AVR board, however it can be modified to suit other hardware
|
||||
* if desired.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* LCD Datasheet: http://www.sparkfun.com/datasheets/LCD/HD44780.pdf \n
|
||||
* More Information: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HD44780_Character_LCD \n
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Below are the connections between the AVR Minimus board and LCD.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <table>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td><b>AVR Pin:</b></td>
|
||||
* <td><b>HD44780 LCD Pin:</b></td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>VCC</td>
|
||||
* <td>VCC</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>GND</td>
|
||||
* <td>GND</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>PD0</td>
|
||||
* <td>DB4</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>PD1</td>
|
||||
* <td>DB5</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>PD2</td>
|
||||
* <td>DB6</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>PD3</td>
|
||||
* <td>DB7</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>PD4</td>
|
||||
* <td>/RS</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>GND</td>
|
||||
* <td>/RW</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* <tr>
|
||||
* <td>PD7</td>
|
||||
* <td>/E</td>
|
||||
* </tr>
|
||||
* </table>
|
||||
*/
|
||||
@ -0,0 +1,731 @@
|
||||
# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, Jörg Wunsch, et al.
|
||||
# >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Released to the Public Domain
|
||||
#
|
||||
# Additional material for this makefile was written by:
|
||||
# Peter Fleury
|
||||
# Tim Henigan
|
||||
# Colin O'Flynn
|
||||
# Reiner Patommel
|
||||
# Markus Pfaff
|
||||
# Sander Pool
|
||||
# Frederik Rouleau
|
||||
# Carlos Lamas
|
||||
# Dean Camera
|
||||
# Opendous Inc.
|
||||
# Denver Gingerich
|
||||
#
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
# On command line:
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make all = Make software.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make clean = Clean out built project files.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.
|
||||
# Please customize the avrdude settings below first!
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must
|
||||
# have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must
|
||||
# have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer
|
||||
# (must have dfu-programmer installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP
|
||||
# (must have Atmel FLIP installed).
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have
|
||||
# DoxyGen installed)
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging,
|
||||
# with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting
|
||||
# bug reports to the GCC project.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".
|
||||
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# MCU name
|
||||
MCU = at90usb162
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target architecture (see library "Board Types" documentation).
|
||||
ARCH = AVR8
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, NONE for projects not requiring
|
||||
# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called
|
||||
# "Board" inside the application directory.
|
||||
BOARD = MINIMUS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Processor frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# processor frequency in Hz. You can then use this symbol in your source code to
|
||||
# calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done
|
||||
# automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# This will be an integer division of F_USB below, as it is sourced by
|
||||
# F_USB after it has run through any CPU prescalers. Note that this value
|
||||
# does not *change* the processor frequency - it should merely be updated to
|
||||
# reflect the processor speed set externally so that the code can use accurate
|
||||
# software delays.
|
||||
F_CPU = 16000000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Input clock frequency.
|
||||
# This will define a symbol, F_USB, in all source code files equal to the
|
||||
# input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed) in Hz. This value may
|
||||
# differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the
|
||||
# raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed
|
||||
# clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'
|
||||
# at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your
|
||||
# source code.
|
||||
#
|
||||
# If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the
|
||||
# CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.
|
||||
F_USB = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)
|
||||
FORMAT = ihex
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target file name (without extension).
|
||||
TARGET = SerialToLCD
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Object files directory
|
||||
# To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make
|
||||
# this an empty or blank macro!
|
||||
OBJDIR = .
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Path to the LUFA library
|
||||
LUFA_PATH = ../..
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# LUFA library compile-time options and predefined tokens
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS = -D USB_DEVICE_ONLY
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D DEVICE_STATE_AS_GPIOR=0
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D ORDERED_EP_CONFIG
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_CONTROL_ENDPOINT_SIZE=8
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D FIXED_NUM_CONFIGURATIONS=1
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_FLASH_DESCRIPTORS
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D USE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_DEVICE_OPT_FULLSPEED | USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"
|
||||
LUFA_OPTS += -D INTERRUPT_CONTROL_ENDPOINT
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create the LUFA source path variables by including the LUFA root makefile
|
||||
include $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/makefile
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
SRC = $(TARGET).c \
|
||||
Lib/HD44780.c \
|
||||
Descriptors.c \
|
||||
$(LUFA_SRC_USB) \
|
||||
$(LUFA_SRC_USBCLASS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)
|
||||
CPPSRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List Assembler source files here.
|
||||
# Make them always end in a capital .S. Files ending in a lowercase .s
|
||||
# will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler
|
||||
# output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!
|
||||
# Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,
|
||||
# it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does
|
||||
# care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.
|
||||
ASRC =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s].
|
||||
# 0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.
|
||||
# (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)
|
||||
OPT = s
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging format.
|
||||
# Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.
|
||||
# AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.
|
||||
DEBUG = dwarf-2
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for include files here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.
|
||||
# c89 = "ANSI" C
|
||||
# gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
# c99 = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)
|
||||
# gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions
|
||||
CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C sources
|
||||
CDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
CDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD) -DARCH=ARCH_$(ARCH)
|
||||
CDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources
|
||||
ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)
|
||||
ADEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
ADEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
ADEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
|
||||
# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources
|
||||
CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DF_USB=$(F_USB)UL
|
||||
CPPDEFS += -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)
|
||||
CPPDEFS += $(LUFA_OPTS)
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS
|
||||
#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fno-inline-small-functions
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CFLAGS += -fno-strict-aliasing
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------
|
||||
# -g*: generate debugging information
|
||||
# -O*: optimization level
|
||||
# -f...: tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation
|
||||
# -Wall...: warning level
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns...: create assembler listing
|
||||
CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wall
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wundef
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))
|
||||
#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wa,...: tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.
|
||||
# -adhlns: create listing
|
||||
# -gstabs: have the assembler create line number information; note that
|
||||
# for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames
|
||||
# and function names needs to be present in the assembler source
|
||||
# files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]
|
||||
# -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex
|
||||
# dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.
|
||||
ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Library Options ----------------
|
||||
# Minimalistic printf version
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.
|
||||
PRINTF_LIB =
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Minimalistic scanf version
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min
|
||||
|
||||
# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)
|
||||
SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt
|
||||
|
||||
# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.
|
||||
SCANF_LIB =
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)
|
||||
#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
MATH_LIB = -lm
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.
|
||||
# Each directory must be seperated by a space.
|
||||
# Use forward slashes for directory separators.
|
||||
# For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.
|
||||
EXTRALIBDIRS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),
|
||||
# only used for heap (malloc()).
|
||||
#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff
|
||||
|
||||
EXTMEMOPTS =
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Linker Options ----------------
|
||||
# -Wl,...: tell GCC to pass this to linker.
|
||||
# -Map: create map file
|
||||
# --cref: add cross reference to map file
|
||||
LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax
|
||||
LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))
|
||||
LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)
|
||||
#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# Programming hardware
|
||||
# Type: avrdude -c ?
|
||||
# to get a full listing.
|
||||
#
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII
|
||||
|
||||
# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.
|
||||
AVRDUDE_PORT = usb
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.
|
||||
# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,
|
||||
# see avrdude manual.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y
|
||||
|
||||
# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be
|
||||
# performed after programming the device.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V
|
||||
|
||||
# Increase verbosity level. Please use this when submitting bug
|
||||
# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude>
|
||||
# to submit bug reports.
|
||||
#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v
|
||||
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)
|
||||
AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------
|
||||
|
||||
# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.
|
||||
DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.
|
||||
# DEBUG_UI = gdb
|
||||
DEBUG_UI = insight
|
||||
|
||||
# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice
|
||||
#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr
|
||||
|
||||
# GDB Init Filename.
|
||||
GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit
|
||||
|
||||
# When using avarice settings for the JTAG
|
||||
JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.
|
||||
DEBUG_PORT = 4242
|
||||
|
||||
# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally
|
||||
# just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when
|
||||
# avarice is running on a different computer.
|
||||
DEBUG_HOST = localhost
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define programs and commands.
|
||||
SHELL = sh
|
||||
CC = avr-gcc
|
||||
OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy
|
||||
OBJDUMP = avr-objdump
|
||||
SIZE = avr-size
|
||||
AR = avr-ar rcs
|
||||
NM = avr-nm
|
||||
AVRDUDE = avrdude
|
||||
REMOVE = rm -f
|
||||
REMOVEDIR = rm -rf
|
||||
COPY = cp
|
||||
WINSHELL = cmd
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define Messages
|
||||
# English
|
||||
MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none
|
||||
MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------
|
||||
MSG_END = -------- end --------
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before:
|
||||
MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:
|
||||
MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:
|
||||
MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:
|
||||
MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:
|
||||
MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:
|
||||
MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:
|
||||
MSG_LINKING = Linking:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:
|
||||
MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:
|
||||
MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:
|
||||
MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:
|
||||
MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all object files.
|
||||
OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
|
||||
# Define all listing files.
|
||||
LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.
|
||||
GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.
|
||||
# Add target processor to flags.
|
||||
ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)
|
||||
ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Default target.
|
||||
all: begin gccversion sizebefore build sizeafter end
|
||||
|
||||
# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.
|
||||
build: elf hex eep lss sym
|
||||
#build: lib
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
elf: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
hex: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
eep: $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
lss: $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
sym: $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a
|
||||
lib: $(LIBNAME)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Eye candy.
|
||||
# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on
|
||||
# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.
|
||||
begin:
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)
|
||||
|
||||
end:
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_END)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display size of file.
|
||||
HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )
|
||||
FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
sizebefore:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
sizeafter:
|
||||
@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \
|
||||
2>/dev/null; echo; fi
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Display compiler version information.
|
||||
gccversion :
|
||||
@$(CC) --version
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Program the device.
|
||||
program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)
|
||||
|
||||
flip: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
|
||||
dfu: $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(COPY) $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program
|
||||
batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex
|
||||
|
||||
dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) eeprom-flash $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:
|
||||
# define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set
|
||||
# a breakpoint at main().
|
||||
gdb-config:
|
||||
@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT) >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)
|
||||
@echo load >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)
|
||||
@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \
|
||||
$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c pause
|
||||
|
||||
else
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \
|
||||
$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)
|
||||
endif
|
||||
@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.
|
||||
COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000
|
||||
COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
coff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
extcoff: $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.hex: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@
|
||||
$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom -R .fuse -R .lock $< $@
|
||||
|
||||
%.eep: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@
|
||||
-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \
|
||||
--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0
|
||||
|
||||
# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.lss: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@
|
||||
$(OBJDUMP) -h -S -z $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.
|
||||
%.sym: %.elf
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@
|
||||
$(NM) -n $< > $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create library from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.a: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@
|
||||
$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Link: create ELF output file from object files.
|
||||
.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)
|
||||
%.elf: $(OBJ)
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@
|
||||
$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.
|
||||
%.s : %.cpp
|
||||
$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.
|
||||
$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<
|
||||
$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.
|
||||
%.i : %.c
|
||||
$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Target: clean project.
|
||||
clean: begin clean_list end
|
||||
|
||||
clean_list :
|
||||
@echo
|
||||
@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)
|
||||
$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)
|
||||
$(REMOVEDIR) .dep
|
||||
|
||||
doxygen:
|
||||
@echo Generating Project Documentation \($(TARGET)\)...
|
||||
@if ( doxygen Doxygen.conf 2>&1 | grep -v "warning: ignoring unsupported tag" ;); then \
|
||||
exit 1; \
|
||||
fi;
|
||||
@echo Documentation Generation Complete.
|
||||
|
||||
clean_doxygen:
|
||||
rm -rf Documentation
|
||||
|
||||
checksource:
|
||||
@for f in $(SRC) $(CPPSRC) $(ASRC); do \
|
||||
if [ -f $$f ]; then \
|
||||
echo "Found Source File: $$f" ; \
|
||||
else \
|
||||
echo "Source File Not Found: $$f" ; \
|
||||
fi; done
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Create object files directory
|
||||
$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Include the dependency files.
|
||||
-include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
# Listing of phony targets.
|
||||
.PHONY : all begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion \
|
||||
build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff doxygen clean \
|
||||
clean_list clean_doxygen program dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee \
|
||||
debug gdb-config checksource
|
||||
Loading…
Reference in new issue